1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
210 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
212 /* This just does initialization. */
213 /* coff_mkobject zalloc's space for tdata.coff_obj_data ... */
214 elf_tdata (abfd
) = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
215 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) == 0)
217 /* Since everything is done at close time, do we need any
224 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
226 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
227 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
231 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
233 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
234 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
236 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
238 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
239 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
242 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
243 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
245 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
246 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
247 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
249 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
250 in case the string table is not terminated. */
251 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
252 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
253 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
255 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
257 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
258 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
262 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
263 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
265 return (char *) shstrtab
;
269 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
270 unsigned int shindex
,
271 unsigned int strindex
)
273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
278 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
280 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
281 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
284 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
286 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
287 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
288 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
289 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
290 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
292 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
296 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
299 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
300 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
301 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
302 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
303 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
306 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
310 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
312 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
316 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
317 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
318 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
319 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
320 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
329 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
331 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
332 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
334 /* Read the symbols. */
336 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
337 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
338 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
339 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
340 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
341 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
343 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
344 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
346 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
347 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
348 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
354 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
358 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
359 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
360 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
362 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
363 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
364 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
366 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
367 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
368 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
375 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
377 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
378 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
382 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
383 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
384 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
386 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
387 (*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
);
390 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
392 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
393 free (alloc_extshndx
);
398 /* Look up a symbol name. */
400 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
401 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
406 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
407 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
409 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
410 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
411 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
412 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
414 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
415 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
418 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
421 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
422 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
427 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
428 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
431 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
434 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
436 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
437 signature just a string? */
440 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
442 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
443 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
444 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
445 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
447 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
448 that it is a symbol table section. */
449 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
450 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
451 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
454 /* Go read the symbol. */
455 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
456 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
457 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
460 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
463 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
466 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
468 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
470 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
471 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
474 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
476 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
477 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
478 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
480 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
483 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
489 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
494 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
495 so we can find them quickly. */
498 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
499 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
500 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
501 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
505 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
508 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
511 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
513 /* Add to list of sections. */
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
517 /* Read the raw contents. */
518 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
519 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
520 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
522 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
523 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
524 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
528 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
529 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
530 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
532 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
533 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
540 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
541 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
544 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
545 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
546 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
551 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
552 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
555 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
562 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
566 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
568 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
569 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
570 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
572 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
573 section is a member. */
575 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
579 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
580 other members to see if any others are linked via
582 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
583 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
585 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
586 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
590 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
591 insert current section in circular list. */
592 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
593 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
594 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
600 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
603 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
605 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
606 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
609 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
611 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
612 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
620 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
622 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
629 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
632 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
633 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
636 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
637 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
639 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
640 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
642 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
643 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
644 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
645 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
649 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
650 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
651 bed
->link_order_error_handler
652 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
659 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
662 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
663 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
664 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
667 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
668 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
669 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
673 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
678 /* Process section groups. */
679 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
682 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
685 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
686 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
689 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
690 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
691 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
692 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
693 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
694 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
695 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
696 relocation sections are in section group in input object
698 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
701 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
702 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
703 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
705 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
706 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
707 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
710 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
718 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
720 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
723 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
724 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
727 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
728 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
736 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
738 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
739 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
743 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
747 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
748 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
749 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
751 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
752 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
753 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
755 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
757 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
758 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
759 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
760 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
763 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
764 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
765 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
766 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
767 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
768 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
771 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
774 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
775 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
776 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
778 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
780 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
783 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
784 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
785 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
787 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
788 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
790 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
791 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
793 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
795 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
796 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
801 } debug_sections
[] =
803 { "debug", 5 }, /* 'd' */
804 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
805 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
806 { "gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17 }, /* 'g' */
807 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
808 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
809 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
810 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
811 { "line", 4 }, /* 'l' */
812 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
813 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
814 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
815 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
816 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
817 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
818 { "stab", 4 } /* 's' */
823 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
825 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
826 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
827 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
828 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
829 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
833 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
834 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
835 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
836 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
837 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
838 all but one of the sections. */
839 if (strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce", sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
840 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
841 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
843 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
844 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
845 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
848 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
851 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
853 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
856 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
857 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
858 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
859 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
860 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
862 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
865 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
867 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
868 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
870 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
871 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
872 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
873 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
875 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
876 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
877 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
878 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
879 place special significance on the address 0 and
880 executables need to be able to have a segment which
881 covers this address. */
882 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
883 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
884 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
885 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
886 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
887 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
888 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
890 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
891 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
892 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
894 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
895 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
896 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
897 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
898 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
899 segment will contain sections with contiguous
900 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
901 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
902 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
904 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
905 offsets whether a section with zero size should
906 be placed at the end of one segment or the
907 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
908 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
909 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
910 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
925 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
928 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
929 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
930 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
931 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
932 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
935 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
936 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
938 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
943 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
946 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
947 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
948 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
950 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
951 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
952 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
959 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
960 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
961 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
962 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
965 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
966 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
967 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
968 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
969 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
970 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
971 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
972 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
973 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
975 bfd_reloc_status_type
976 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
977 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
979 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
980 asection
*input_section
,
982 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
984 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
985 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
986 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
987 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
989 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
993 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
996 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
999 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1002 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1003 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1006 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1009 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1014 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1017 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1018 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1019 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1020 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1021 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1023 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1025 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1026 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1027 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1028 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1030 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1031 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1034 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1035 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1036 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1041 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1043 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1044 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1045 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1048 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1051 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1055 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1057 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1058 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1061 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1062 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1063 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1065 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1066 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1067 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1072 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1077 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1078 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1079 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1080 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1081 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1082 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1083 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1084 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1085 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1086 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1087 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1088 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1093 /* Print out the program headers. */
1096 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1099 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1101 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1103 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1108 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1109 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1110 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1112 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1117 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1120 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1121 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1122 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1123 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1124 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1125 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1126 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1127 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1128 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1129 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1130 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1131 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1132 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1133 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1134 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1135 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1136 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1141 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1145 unsigned long shlink
;
1146 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1148 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1150 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1152 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1155 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1158 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1160 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1161 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1164 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1165 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1167 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1170 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1172 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1174 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1181 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1185 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1186 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1187 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1188 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1189 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1190 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1191 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1192 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1193 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1194 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1195 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1196 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1197 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1198 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1199 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1200 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1201 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1202 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1204 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1205 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1206 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1207 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1208 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1209 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1210 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1211 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1212 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1213 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1214 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1215 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1216 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1217 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1218 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1220 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1221 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1222 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1223 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1224 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1225 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1226 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1227 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1228 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1229 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1230 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1231 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1232 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1233 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1234 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1235 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1236 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1237 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1238 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1239 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1240 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1241 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1244 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1246 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1250 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1252 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1255 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1264 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1265 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1267 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1271 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1273 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1275 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1276 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1278 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1279 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1280 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1281 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1283 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1286 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1290 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1296 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1300 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1301 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1303 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1305 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1306 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1307 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1308 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1309 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1310 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1322 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1325 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1328 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1333 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1334 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1336 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1337 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1338 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1339 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1341 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1343 const char *section_name
;
1344 const char *name
= NULL
;
1345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1346 unsigned char st_other
;
1349 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1351 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1352 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1353 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1357 name
= symbol
->name
;
1358 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1361 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1362 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1363 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1364 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1365 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1366 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1367 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1369 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1370 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1372 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1373 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1374 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1375 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1377 unsigned int vernum
;
1378 const char *version_string
;
1380 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1383 version_string
= "";
1384 else if (vernum
== 1)
1385 version_string
= "Base";
1386 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1388 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1391 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1393 version_string
= "";
1394 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1398 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1400 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1402 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1404 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1411 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1412 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1417 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1418 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1423 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1424 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1429 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1430 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1431 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1433 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1435 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1438 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1444 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1446 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1447 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1448 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1451 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1455 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1460 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1461 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1465 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1467 /* Set local fields. */
1470 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1471 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1472 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1473 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1474 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1475 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1476 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1477 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1484 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1485 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1488 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1490 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1492 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1494 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1495 symbol which just became indirect. */
1497 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1498 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1499 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1500 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1501 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1502 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1504 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1507 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1508 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1509 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1510 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1512 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1513 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1514 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1515 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1518 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1520 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1521 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1522 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1523 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1526 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1528 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1529 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1530 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1531 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1533 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1538 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1540 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1542 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1546 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1547 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1550 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1556 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1559 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1560 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1562 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1563 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1565 unsigned int entsize
)
1568 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1570 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1571 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1572 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1573 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1574 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1575 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1576 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1577 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1578 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1579 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1580 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1582 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1583 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1584 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1585 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1586 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1587 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1588 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1589 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1590 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1592 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1593 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1598 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1600 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1601 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1603 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1604 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1606 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1610 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1611 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1620 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1621 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1622 entry for a dynamic object. */
1625 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1627 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1628 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1629 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1633 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1636 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1637 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1638 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1645 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, int lib_class
)
1647 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1648 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1649 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1652 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1653 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1655 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1656 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1657 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1659 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1661 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1664 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1665 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1667 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1668 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1669 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1671 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1673 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1676 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1677 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1678 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1681 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1683 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1684 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1685 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1689 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1690 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1693 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1694 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1697 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1699 unsigned long shlink
;
1700 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1702 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1706 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1707 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1710 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1711 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1714 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1717 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1721 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1723 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1724 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1727 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1728 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1730 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1732 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1734 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1737 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1740 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1741 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1744 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1749 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1770 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1772 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1773 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1775 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1777 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1782 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1783 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1784 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1786 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1793 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1795 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1798 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1801 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1802 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1805 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1806 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1811 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1814 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1817 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1818 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1819 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1820 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1821 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1822 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1823 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1824 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1825 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1827 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1828 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1830 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1831 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1833 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1837 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1838 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1839 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1840 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1842 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1843 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1847 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1849 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1850 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1852 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1853 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1855 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1863 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1864 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1867 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1869 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1870 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1871 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1872 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1873 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1875 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1876 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1877 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1878 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1879 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1881 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1882 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1883 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1887 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1888 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1889 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1890 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1892 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1894 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1895 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1897 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1898 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1899 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1903 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1905 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1906 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1907 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1911 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1915 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1916 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1919 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1921 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1922 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1923 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1924 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1925 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1927 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1928 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1929 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1931 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1932 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1935 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1936 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1937 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1938 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1941 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1942 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1944 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1947 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1950 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1954 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1957 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1960 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1961 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1962 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1963 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1965 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1969 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1970 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1971 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1972 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1974 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1976 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1977 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1979 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1980 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1982 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1985 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1987 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1989 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1990 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1998 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2000 asection
*target_sect
;
2001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2002 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2005 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2006 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2009 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2010 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2011 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2013 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2014 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2015 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2016 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2020 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2021 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2022 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2023 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2024 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2025 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2026 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2027 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2028 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2034 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2036 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2037 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2048 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2051 /* Get the symbol table. */
2052 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2053 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2054 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2057 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2058 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2059 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2060 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2061 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2062 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2063 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2064 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2065 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2066 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2067 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2068 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2069 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2072 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2074 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2075 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2078 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2079 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2080 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2084 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2085 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2086 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2087 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2090 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2091 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2092 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2093 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2094 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2095 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2096 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2097 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2098 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2099 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2104 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2105 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2106 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2107 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2110 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2111 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2113 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2114 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2115 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2118 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2119 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2120 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2121 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2128 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2129 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2131 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2133 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2136 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2138 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2140 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2141 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2144 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2145 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2146 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2148 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2150 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2151 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2152 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2154 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2161 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2162 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2165 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2167 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2168 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2169 for applications? */
2170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2171 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2172 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2173 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2175 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2176 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2179 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2180 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2181 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2182 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2183 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2185 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2186 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2187 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2188 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2189 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2191 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2193 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2194 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2195 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2196 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2204 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2205 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2208 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2209 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2211 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2214 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2215 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2216 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2217 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2219 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2220 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2222 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2223 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2224 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2227 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2229 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2232 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2233 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2234 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2235 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2238 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2240 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2242 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2245 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2249 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2251 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2253 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2256 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2258 { ".bss", 4, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2259 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2262 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2264 { ".comment", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2265 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2268 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2270 { ".data", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2271 { ".data1", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2272 { ".debug", 6, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2273 { ".debug_line", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2274 { ".debug_info", 11, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2275 { ".debug_abbrev", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2276 { ".debug_aranges", 14, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2277 { ".dynamic", 8, 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2278 { ".dynstr", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2279 { ".dynsym", 7, 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2280 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2283 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2285 { ".fini", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2286 { ".fini_array", 11, 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2287 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2290 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2292 { ".gnu.linkonce.b",15, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2293 { ".got", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2294 { ".gnu.version", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2295 { ".gnu.version_d", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2296 { ".gnu.version_r", 14, 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2297 { ".gnu.liblist", 12, 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2298 { ".gnu.conflict", 13, 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2299 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2302 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2304 { ".hash", 5, 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2305 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2308 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2310 { ".init", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2311 { ".init_array", 11, 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2312 { ".interp", 7, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2313 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2318 { ".line", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2319 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2322 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2324 { ".note.GNU-stack",15, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2325 { ".note", 5, -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2326 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2331 { ".preinit_array", 14, 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2332 { ".plt", 4, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2333 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2336 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2338 { ".rodata", 7, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2339 { ".rodata1", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2340 { ".rela", 5, -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2341 { ".rel", 4, -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2342 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2345 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2347 { ".shstrtab", 9, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2348 { ".strtab", 7, 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2349 { ".symtab", 7, 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2350 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2351 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2354 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2356 { ".text", 5, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2357 { ".tbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2358 { ".tdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2359 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2362 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2364 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2365 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2366 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2368 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2369 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2370 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2371 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2374 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2376 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2378 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2380 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2381 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2382 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2385 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2386 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2387 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2393 len
= strlen (name
);
2395 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2398 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2400 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2402 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2405 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2406 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2408 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2410 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2412 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2413 && (suffix_len
== -2
2414 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2420 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2422 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2423 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2433 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2434 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2437 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2438 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2440 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2441 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2445 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2448 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2449 bed
->special_sections
,
2455 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2458 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2459 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2462 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2467 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2471 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2473 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2474 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2475 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2477 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2480 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2483 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2486 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2487 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2488 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2490 /* When we read a file, we don't need section type and flags unless
2491 it is a linker created section. They will be overridden in
2492 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. */
2493 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2494 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2496 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2499 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2500 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2507 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2509 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2510 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2511 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2512 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2514 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2515 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2516 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2517 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2518 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2519 of combined data+bss.
2521 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2522 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2523 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2524 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2525 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2530 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2531 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2533 const char *typename
)
2541 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2542 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2543 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2544 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2545 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2546 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2549 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2550 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2551 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2553 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2554 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2555 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2556 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2557 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2558 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2559 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2561 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2562 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2563 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2565 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2567 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2570 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2572 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2577 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2578 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2579 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2582 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2583 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2584 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2586 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2587 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2588 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2589 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2591 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2592 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2593 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2595 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2596 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2603 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2605 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2607 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2610 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2613 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2616 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2619 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2622 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2624 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2629 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2632 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2634 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2635 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2639 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2642 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2645 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2646 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2647 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2651 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2652 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2653 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2656 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2657 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2659 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2662 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2663 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2665 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2668 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2670 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2672 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2674 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2675 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2676 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2677 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2678 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2679 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2680 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2681 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2682 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2687 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2690 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2692 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2693 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2698 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2703 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2705 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2706 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2707 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2713 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2715 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2716 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2717 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2719 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2721 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2722 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2723 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2724 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2725 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2726 copy_private_section_data. */
2728 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2729 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2731 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2733 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2736 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2737 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2738 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2739 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2740 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2742 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2745 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2751 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2752 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2753 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2760 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2764 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2768 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2772 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2773 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2777 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2778 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2781 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2782 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2785 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2786 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2787 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2788 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2790 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2791 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2793 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2794 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2797 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2798 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2799 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2800 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2802 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2803 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2805 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2806 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2810 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2814 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2815 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2816 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2817 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2818 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2819 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2820 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2822 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2823 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2824 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2825 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2827 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2828 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2829 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2831 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2832 if (asect
->size
== 0
2833 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2835 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2837 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2840 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2841 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2842 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2847 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2848 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2849 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2852 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2853 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2854 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2855 create the other. */
2856 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2857 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2858 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2864 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2867 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2869 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2870 unsigned long symindx
;
2871 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2875 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2877 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2882 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2883 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2887 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2888 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2889 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2890 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2892 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2894 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2896 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2898 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2901 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2903 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2904 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2905 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2912 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2914 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2915 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2916 start of the input section group. */
2917 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2919 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2920 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2921 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2922 directives, not that it matters. */
2931 s
= s
->output_section
;
2934 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2935 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2936 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2941 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2944 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2947 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2948 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2949 in here too, while we're at it. */
2952 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2954 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2956 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2957 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2958 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2962 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2964 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2965 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2967 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2968 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2970 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2972 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2974 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2976 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2977 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2978 abfd
->section_count
--;
2982 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2983 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2984 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2990 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2992 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2994 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2996 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
2997 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
2998 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3000 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3001 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3005 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3006 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3007 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3008 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3013 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3014 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3015 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3016 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3022 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3023 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3024 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3025 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3026 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3028 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3030 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3031 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3032 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3033 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3034 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3036 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3037 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3038 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3039 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3040 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3041 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3042 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3045 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3046 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3047 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3048 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3051 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3052 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3054 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3055 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3056 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3057 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3059 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3061 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3062 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3065 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3066 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3068 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3072 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3074 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3075 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3077 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3078 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3080 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3081 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3083 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3084 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3087 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3089 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3093 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3094 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3095 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3096 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3097 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3099 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3101 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3102 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3103 the relocation entries apply. */
3104 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3106 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3107 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3109 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3111 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3112 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3115 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3116 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3118 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3121 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3122 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3124 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3125 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3128 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3129 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3130 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3132 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3133 size as the discarded one. */
3134 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
);
3137 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3143 s
= s
->output_section
;
3144 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3148 /* Handle objcopy. */
3149 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3151 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3152 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3153 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3154 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3157 s
= s
->output_section
;
3159 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3164 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3165 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3166 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3168 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3169 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3170 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3171 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3172 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3177 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3181 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3182 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3183 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3184 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3185 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3186 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3187 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3189 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3191 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3193 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3197 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3199 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3203 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3204 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3205 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3206 field to point to this section. */
3207 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".stab", sizeof ".stab" - 1) == 0
3208 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3213 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3214 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3217 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3218 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3219 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3223 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3225 /* This is a .stab section. */
3226 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3227 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3228 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3235 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3236 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3237 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3238 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3240 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3242 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3245 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3246 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3248 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3250 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3251 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3253 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3257 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3258 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3259 this hash table or version table is for. */
3260 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3262 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3266 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3270 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3271 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3272 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3274 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3275 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3279 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3280 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3283 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3285 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3286 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3287 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3288 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3290 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3291 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3292 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3296 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3298 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3299 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3300 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3301 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3302 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3303 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3304 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3311 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3315 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3317 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3318 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3322 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3323 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3325 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3326 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3328 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3329 decided to output. */
3330 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3332 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3334 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3341 if (sec
->owner
!= NULL
)
3343 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3345 if (sec
->output_offset
!= 0)
3348 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3350 /* Empty sections in the input files may have had a
3351 section symbol created for them. (See the comment
3352 near the end of _bfd_generic_link_output_symbols in
3353 linker.c). If the linker script discards such
3354 sections then we will reach this point. Since we know
3355 that we cannot avoid this case, we detect it and skip
3356 the abort and the assignment to the sect_syms array.
3357 To reproduce this particular case try running the
3358 linker testsuite test ld-scripts/weak.exp for an ELF
3359 port that uses the generic linker. */
3360 if (sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3363 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->owner
== abfd
);
3365 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3370 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3371 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3373 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3379 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each BFD section. Most normal
3380 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3381 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3382 at least in that case. */
3383 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3385 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3387 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3394 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3395 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3397 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3400 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3402 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3405 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3408 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3410 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3412 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3414 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3416 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3419 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3420 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3423 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3425 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3429 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3431 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3432 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3436 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3437 ELF data structure. */
3439 static inline file_ptr
3440 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3442 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3445 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3446 required section alignment. */
3449 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3457 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3459 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3461 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3462 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3463 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3464 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3465 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3469 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3470 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3471 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3474 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3475 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3477 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3479 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3480 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3482 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3485 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3486 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3487 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3489 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3492 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3493 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3494 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3497 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3501 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3504 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3505 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3507 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3508 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3510 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3514 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3516 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3521 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3522 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3523 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3524 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3525 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3526 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3527 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3528 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3529 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3530 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3531 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3533 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3536 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3539 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3541 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3543 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3544 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3546 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3547 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3548 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3550 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3551 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3553 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3555 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3557 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3558 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3560 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3563 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3568 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3570 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3571 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3572 asection
**sections
,
3577 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3582 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3583 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3584 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3588 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3589 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3590 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3591 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3593 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3595 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3596 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3597 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3603 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3606 struct elf_segment_map
*
3607 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3609 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3611 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3615 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3617 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3622 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3625 map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
)
3627 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3631 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3632 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3633 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3636 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3637 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3639 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3640 bfd_boolean writable
;
3642 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3643 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3646 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
!= NULL
)
3649 if (bfd_count_sections (abfd
) == 0)
3652 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3654 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3655 if (sections
== NULL
)
3659 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3661 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3667 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3670 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3672 /* Build the mapping. */
3677 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3678 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3680 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3681 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3683 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3684 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3688 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3689 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3690 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3691 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3692 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3697 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3698 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3702 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3710 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3711 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3712 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3716 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->maxpagesize
;
3718 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3720 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3723 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3724 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3725 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3726 program headers we will need. */
3729 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
3731 phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3733 phdr_size
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3734 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3735 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3736 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3737 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3740 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3743 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3747 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3750 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3752 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3753 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3754 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3756 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3758 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3759 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3763 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3764 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3766 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3767 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3770 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3771 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3773 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3774 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3775 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3778 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3780 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3781 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3782 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3783 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3786 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3787 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3788 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3789 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3791 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3792 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3793 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3794 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3795 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3796 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3797 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3802 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3803 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3808 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3811 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3812 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3813 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3819 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3820 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3822 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3829 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3835 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3836 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3837 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3841 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3844 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3845 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
3847 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3855 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3858 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
3865 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
3866 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
3867 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
3868 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
3869 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
3870 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3872 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3873 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
3875 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3876 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3880 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
3887 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3895 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3900 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3901 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3902 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3907 m
->count
= tls_count
;
3908 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3910 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3911 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
3913 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
3914 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
3915 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
3922 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3924 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
3925 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
3926 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3928 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3929 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3933 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
3935 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
3941 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3943 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3944 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3948 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
3949 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
3950 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3956 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3958 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3959 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3963 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
3965 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
3978 if (sections
!= NULL
)
3983 /* Sort sections by address. */
3986 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3988 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
3989 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
3990 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
3992 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3993 place the section into a segment. */
3994 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
3996 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
3999 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4000 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4001 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4003 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4006 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4008 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4014 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4015 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4016 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4017 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4022 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4027 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4028 before others at the same address. */
4030 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4031 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4038 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4041 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4043 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4044 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4045 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4046 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4047 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4050 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4051 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4053 /* In other words, something like:
4055 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4056 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4057 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4058 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4060 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4062 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4065 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4067 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4071 print_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
)
4073 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4076 fprintf (stderr
, _(" Section to Segment mapping:\n"));
4077 fprintf (stderr
, _(" Segment Sections...\n"));
4079 for (i
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
4083 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4088 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4089 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4090 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4091 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4092 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4093 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4095 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4096 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4099 fprintf (stderr
, " %2.2d: %14.14s: ", i
, pt
);
4100 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4101 fprintf (stderr
, "%s ", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4106 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4107 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4108 the file header, and writes out the program headers. */
4111 assign_file_positions_for_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4113 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4115 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4117 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4119 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4120 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4121 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4123 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
)
4125 if (! map_sections_to_segments (abfd
))
4130 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4131 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4132 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4134 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
4138 unsigned int new_count
;
4142 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4144 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4145 && ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4146 || m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4149 m
->sections
[new_count
] = m
->sections
[i
];
4155 if (new_count
!= m
->count
)
4156 m
->count
= new_count
;
4160 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
)
4162 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4167 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4170 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4171 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4172 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= count
;
4176 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4180 /* If we already counted the number of program segments, make sure
4181 that we allocated enough space. This happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS
4182 is used in a linker script. */
4183 alloc
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4184 if (alloc
!= 0 && count
> alloc
)
4186 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4187 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers (allocated %u, need %u)"),
4188 abfd
, alloc
, count
));
4189 print_segment_map (abfd
);
4190 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4197 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4201 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4202 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4209 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4216 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4217 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4218 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4219 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4220 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4222 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4223 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4224 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4227 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4228 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4229 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4230 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4231 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4232 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4233 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4235 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4236 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4238 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4241 bfd_size_type align
;
4243 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4245 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4247 unsigned int secalign
;
4249 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4250 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4251 align_power
= secalign
;
4253 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4255 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && bed
->maxpagesize
> align
)
4256 align
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4258 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4261 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4262 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4263 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4265 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4266 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4267 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4268 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4269 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4270 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4272 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4274 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4278 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4284 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4285 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4286 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4288 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4291 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4293 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4300 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4302 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4303 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4304 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4307 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4309 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4310 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4311 p
->p_align
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4312 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4313 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4321 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4323 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4326 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4327 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4330 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4332 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4334 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4335 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4337 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4342 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4345 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4347 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4348 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4352 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4354 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4357 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4359 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4361 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4362 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4367 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4371 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4372 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4373 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4374 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4377 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4379 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4380 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4383 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4386 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4387 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4390 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4391 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4393 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4394 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4399 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4400 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4401 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4405 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4409 bfd_size_type align
;
4413 align
= 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4415 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4416 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4418 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4420 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4422 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4425 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4426 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4427 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4431 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4432 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4434 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4436 else if ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4437 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4439 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4440 modulo the page size. */
4441 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4442 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && bed
->maxpagesize
> page
)
4443 page
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4444 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4445 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4447 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4451 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4453 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4459 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4465 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4474 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4477 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4478 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4479 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4480 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4481 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4482 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4483 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4484 people do this. The data statement results in a
4485 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4486 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4487 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4488 section with contents to the output. Make room
4489 here for the write, so that following segments are
4491 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4492 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4496 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4498 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4499 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4501 /* PR ld/594: Sections in note segments which are not loaded
4502 contribute to the file size but not the in-memory size. */
4503 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
4504 && (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4505 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4507 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4509 else if ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4510 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4511 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4513 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4515 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4517 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4519 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4522 if (align
> p
->p_align
4523 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4527 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4530 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4532 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4538 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4539 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4540 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4544 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
> 0)
4546 BFD_ASSERT (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
);
4547 /* If the section has not yet been assigned a file position,
4548 do so now. The ARM BPABI requires that .dynamic section
4549 not be marked SEC_ALLOC because it is not part of any
4550 PT_LOAD segment, so it will not be processed above. */
4551 if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
&& m
->sections
[0]->filepos
== 0)
4554 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4557 while (i_shdrpp
[i
]->bfd_section
!= m
->sections
[0])
4559 off
= (_bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section
4560 (i_shdrpp
[i
], off
, TRUE
));
4561 p
->p_filesz
= m
->sections
[0]->size
;
4563 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4567 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4569 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4570 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4571 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4573 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4575 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4576 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4577 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4579 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4581 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4583 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4585 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4586 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4587 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4588 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4589 >= link_info
->relro_end
)
4593 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4594 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4596 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4597 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4598 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4599 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4600 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4602 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4606 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4607 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4613 /* Clear out any program headers we allocated but did not use. */
4614 for (; count
< alloc
; count
++, p
++)
4616 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4617 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4620 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4622 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4624 /* Write out the program headers. */
4625 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4626 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
) != 0)
4632 /* Get the size of the program header.
4634 If this is called by the linker before any of the section VMA's are set, it
4635 can't calculate the correct value for a strange memory layout. This only
4636 happens when SIZEOF_HEADERS is used in a linker script. In this case,
4637 SORTED_HDRS is NULL and we assume the normal scenario of one text and one
4638 data segment (exclusive of .interp and .dynamic).
4640 ??? User written scripts must either not use SIZEOF_HEADERS, or assume there
4641 will be two segments. */
4643 static bfd_size_type
4644 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
)
4648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4650 /* We can't return a different result each time we're called. */
4651 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
!= 0)
4652 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4654 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
!= NULL
)
4656 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4659 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4662 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4665 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4666 and one for data. */
4669 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4670 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4672 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4673 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4674 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4679 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4681 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4685 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
4687 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4691 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4693 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4697 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4699 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4703 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4705 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4706 && strncmp (s
->name
, ".note", 5) == 0)
4708 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4713 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4715 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4717 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4723 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4724 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4728 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
);
4734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4735 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
4738 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4739 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4740 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4742 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4743 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4744 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4745 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4746 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4747 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4748 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4750 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4753 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4754 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4756 struct elf_obj_tdata
* const tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4757 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* const i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4759 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4763 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4764 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4766 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4769 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4770 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4772 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4773 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4774 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4775 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4777 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4780 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4781 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4782 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4783 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4784 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4786 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4789 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4791 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4793 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4794 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4801 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4803 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4804 assignment of sections to segments. */
4805 if (! assign_file_positions_for_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4808 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4810 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4811 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4813 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4816 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4817 && hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0)
4818 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4819 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4821 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4822 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4824 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4826 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4827 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4828 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4831 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4833 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4836 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4837 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4838 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4839 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4840 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4841 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4843 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4845 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4847 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4848 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4853 /* Place the section headers. */
4854 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4855 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4856 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4858 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4864 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4866 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4867 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4868 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4869 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4870 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4872 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4873 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4875 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4876 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4879 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4881 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4882 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4883 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4884 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4886 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4887 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4888 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4889 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4891 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4892 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4893 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4894 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4895 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4896 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4898 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4900 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4902 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4903 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4906 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4907 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4908 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4909 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4910 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4911 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4912 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4913 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4915 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4918 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4919 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4921 /* No program header, for now. */
4922 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4923 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4924 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4926 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4927 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4928 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4930 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4931 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4932 /* It all happens later. */
4936 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4938 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4941 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4942 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4943 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4944 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4945 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4946 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4947 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4948 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4949 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
4955 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4956 of the loadable file image. */
4959 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
4962 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
4963 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
4965 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4967 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4968 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
4970 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
4973 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4974 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
4975 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
4978 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4982 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
4984 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4985 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
4986 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
4988 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
4990 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
4991 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
4994 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4995 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4998 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5002 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5004 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5005 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5006 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5008 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5009 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5010 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5012 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5014 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5015 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5018 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5019 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5022 /* Write out the section header names. */
5023 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5024 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5025 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5028 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5029 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5030 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5032 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5036 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5038 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5039 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5042 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5045 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5047 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5050 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5051 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5052 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5054 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5056 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5058 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5063 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5064 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5068 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5078 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5082 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5084 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5086 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5088 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5089 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5090 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5091 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5092 input sections rather than the output section. */
5093 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5094 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5095 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5099 if (asym_ptr
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5100 indx
= asym_ptr
->section
->output_section
->index
;
5102 indx
= asym_ptr
->section
->index
;
5103 if (indx
< elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5104 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5105 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5108 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5112 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5113 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5114 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5115 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5116 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5117 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5124 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5125 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5126 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5134 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5137 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5139 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5140 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5141 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5142 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5143 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5146 unsigned int num_segments
;
5147 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5148 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5149 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5150 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5153 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5154 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5157 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5159 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5160 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5162 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5163 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5164 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5165 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5167 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5168 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5169 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5170 ? section->size : 0)
5172 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5173 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5174 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5175 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5176 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5177 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5179 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5180 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5181 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5182 (section->lma >= base \
5183 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5184 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5186 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5187 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5188 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5189 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5190 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5191 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5192 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5193 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5195 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5196 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5197 p_memsz set to 0. */
5198 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5200 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5201 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5202 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5203 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5205 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5206 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5207 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5209 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5210 A section will be included if:
5211 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5212 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5213 2. It is an allocated segment,
5214 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5215 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5216 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5217 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5218 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5219 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5220 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5221 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5222 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5223 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5224 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5225 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5226 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5227 && section->output_section != NULL \
5228 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5229 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5230 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5231 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5232 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5233 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5234 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5235 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5236 || (segment->p_paddr \
5237 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5238 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5239 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5241 && ! section->segment_mark)
5243 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5244 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5245 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5247 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5248 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5249 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5250 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5251 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5253 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5254 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5255 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5256 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5257 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5259 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5260 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5261 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5263 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5264 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5265 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5266 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5267 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5272 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5274 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5275 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5276 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5278 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5279 assignment code will work. */
5280 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5284 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5287 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5288 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5290 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5292 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5293 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5296 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5297 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5299 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5302 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5303 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5305 if (extra_length
> 0)
5307 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5308 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5311 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5313 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5315 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5320 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5323 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5324 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5326 if (extra_length
> 0)
5328 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5329 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5332 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5337 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5338 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5342 unsigned int section_count
;
5343 asection
** sections
;
5344 asection
* output_section
;
5346 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5347 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5351 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5354 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5355 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5357 section
= section
->next
)
5358 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5361 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5362 all of the sections we have selected. */
5363 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5364 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5365 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5369 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5370 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5372 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5373 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5374 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5375 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5376 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5378 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5379 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5380 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5381 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5383 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5385 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5387 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5388 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5389 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5390 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5391 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5393 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5394 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5397 if (section_count
== 0)
5399 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5400 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5401 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5402 a warning is produced. */
5403 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5404 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5405 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5409 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5410 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5415 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5416 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5417 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5418 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5420 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5421 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5424 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5425 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5426 of the first section.
5428 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5429 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5430 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5431 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5432 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5434 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5435 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5436 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5437 or segments to contain the other sections.
5439 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5440 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5441 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5443 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5444 to work around this long long bug. */
5445 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5446 if (sections
== NULL
)
5449 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5450 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5451 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5452 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5453 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5459 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5461 section
= section
->next
)
5463 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5465 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5467 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5469 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5470 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5471 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5472 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5473 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5474 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5475 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5477 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5478 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5479 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5482 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5484 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5486 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5488 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5489 LMA address of the output section. */
5490 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5491 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5492 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5493 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5496 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5497 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5499 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5500 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5502 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5504 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5505 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5509 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5511 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5513 if (isec
== section_count
)
5515 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5516 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5517 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5518 program header in the input BFD. */
5519 map
->count
= section_count
;
5520 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5521 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5528 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5530 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5531 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5532 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5533 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5537 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5538 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5539 the LMA of the first section. */
5540 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5543 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5544 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5545 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5546 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5548 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5550 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5552 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5553 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5554 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5555 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5556 offset when we know the correct value. */
5557 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5558 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5562 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5563 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5564 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5565 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5566 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5567 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5575 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5576 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5578 section
= sections
[j
];
5580 if (section
== NULL
)
5583 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5585 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5587 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5588 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5590 if (map
->count
== 0)
5592 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5593 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5595 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5597 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5598 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5599 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5605 asection
* prev_sec
;
5607 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5609 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5610 and the start of this section is more than
5611 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5612 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5614 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5615 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5616 > output_section
->lma
))
5618 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5619 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5625 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5628 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5630 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5631 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5634 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5636 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5637 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5638 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5640 if (isec
< section_count
)
5642 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5643 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5644 and carry on looping. */
5645 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5646 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5647 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5654 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5655 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5656 not yet been assigned. */
5658 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5659 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5660 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5661 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5662 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5663 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5664 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5667 while (isec
< section_count
);
5672 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5673 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5674 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5675 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5676 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5677 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5680 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5681 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5683 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5685 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5686 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5687 the offset if necessary. */
5688 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5692 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5695 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5696 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5697 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5702 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5703 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5704 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5705 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5706 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5707 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5708 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5712 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5715 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5717 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5718 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5719 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5720 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5721 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5723 unsigned int num_segments
;
5724 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5726 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5729 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5731 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5732 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5737 unsigned int section_count
;
5739 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5741 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5742 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5745 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5746 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5748 section
= section
->next
)
5750 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5751 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5755 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5756 all of the sections we have selected. */
5757 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5758 if (section_count
!= 0)
5759 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5760 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5764 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5767 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5768 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5769 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5770 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5771 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5773 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5774 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5775 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5776 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5778 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5779 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5781 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5782 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5783 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5784 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5785 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5787 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5788 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5791 if (section_count
!= 0)
5793 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5795 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5797 section
= section
->next
)
5799 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5800 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5801 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5805 map
->count
= section_count
;
5806 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5807 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5810 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5814 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5818 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5820 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5821 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5824 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5827 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5829 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5830 header are changed. */
5831 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5832 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5833 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5834 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5836 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5837 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5838 section
= section
->next
)
5839 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5841 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5842 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5846 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5847 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5849 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5850 from the input BFD. */
5851 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5853 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5855 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5856 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5857 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5859 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5860 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5862 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5863 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5864 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5865 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5866 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5867 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5873 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5875 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5876 section
= section
->next
)
5878 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5881 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5884 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5888 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5891 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5894 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5898 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5901 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5902 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5904 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5905 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5908 /* FIXME: What if the output ELF section type has been set to
5909 something different? */
5910 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
)
5911 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
5913 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5914 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5915 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5916 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5920 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
5921 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5923 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
5924 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
5925 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
5926 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
5930 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5932 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5933 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5934 may be NULL at this point. */
5935 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
5937 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5938 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
5939 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
5942 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
5947 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5948 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5951 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5956 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5958 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5959 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5962 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
5963 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
5965 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
5967 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
5968 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
5969 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
5970 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
5971 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
5973 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
5977 /* Copy private header information. */
5980 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5982 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5983 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5986 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5987 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5988 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5989 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5990 already been worked out. */
5991 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
5993 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6000 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6001 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6002 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6003 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6004 swap_out_syms function. */
6006 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6007 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6008 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6009 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6010 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6013 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6018 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6020 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6021 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6024 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6025 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6029 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6033 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6034 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6035 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6036 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6037 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6038 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6040 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6041 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6042 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6043 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6044 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6050 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6053 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6054 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6060 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6061 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6062 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6064 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6065 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6068 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6070 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6073 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6074 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6078 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6079 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6080 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6081 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6082 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6083 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6084 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6085 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6087 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6088 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6090 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6091 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6093 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6096 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6098 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6099 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6100 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6102 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6103 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6104 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6105 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6107 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6111 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6112 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6113 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6114 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6115 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6118 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6120 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6121 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6127 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6128 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6129 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6130 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6131 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6135 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6136 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6138 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6139 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6141 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6142 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6143 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6144 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6147 if (!name_local_sections
6148 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6150 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6155 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6158 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6160 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6165 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6167 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6168 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6170 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6171 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6172 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6173 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6174 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6175 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6176 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6178 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6179 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6180 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6184 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6187 if (sec
->output_section
)
6189 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6190 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6193 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6194 if (! relocatable_p
)
6196 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6197 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6199 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6201 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6203 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6204 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6205 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6206 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6210 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6213 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6216 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6219 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6222 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6230 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6236 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6237 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6238 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6239 demand of applications. For example, it
6240 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6241 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6242 actually in the output file. */
6243 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6246 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6247 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6248 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6250 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6251 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6255 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6256 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6260 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6263 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6265 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6267 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6272 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6275 /* Processor-specific types. */
6276 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6277 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6278 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6279 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6281 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6283 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6284 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6286 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6288 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6289 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6290 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6291 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6295 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6296 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6299 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6301 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6303 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6305 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6308 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6311 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6312 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6316 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6317 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6318 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6319 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6323 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6324 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6326 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6327 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6328 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6329 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6330 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6331 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6336 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6338 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6339 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6340 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6343 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6349 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6350 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6352 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6358 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6364 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6366 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6370 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6371 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6373 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6379 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6382 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6385 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6388 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6395 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6397 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6400 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6401 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6402 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6406 return section
->reloc_count
;
6410 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6412 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6413 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6416 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6421 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6422 asymbol
**allocation
)
6424 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6425 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6428 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6432 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6433 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6434 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6435 dynamic reloc section. */
6438 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6443 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6445 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6449 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6450 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6451 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6452 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6453 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6454 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6455 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6456 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6461 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6462 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6463 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6464 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6465 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6466 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6467 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6470 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6474 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6478 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6480 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6484 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6486 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6488 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6489 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6490 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6491 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6496 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6498 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6500 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6511 /* Read in the version information. */
6514 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6516 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6517 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6519 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6521 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6522 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6523 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6525 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6527 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6529 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6530 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6531 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6534 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6536 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6537 if (contents
== NULL
)
6539 error_return_verref
:
6540 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6541 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6544 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6545 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6546 goto error_return_verref
;
6548 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6549 goto error_return_verref
;
6551 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6552 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6553 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6554 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6555 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6556 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6558 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6559 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6562 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6564 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6566 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6567 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6569 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6570 goto error_return_verref
;
6572 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6573 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6576 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6577 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6578 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6579 goto error_return_verref
;
6582 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6583 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6584 goto error_return_verref
;
6586 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6587 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6588 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6589 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6591 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6593 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6594 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6595 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6596 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6597 goto error_return_verref
;
6599 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6600 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6602 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6604 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6605 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6606 goto error_return_verref
;
6608 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6609 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6611 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6612 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6615 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6616 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6618 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6620 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6621 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6622 goto error_return_verref
;
6624 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6625 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6632 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6634 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6635 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6636 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6637 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6638 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6640 unsigned int maxidx
;
6641 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6643 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6645 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6646 if (contents
== NULL
)
6648 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6649 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6652 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6655 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6656 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6657 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6658 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6659 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6660 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6662 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6663 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6665 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6667 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6669 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6671 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6672 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6674 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6675 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6678 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6679 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6682 if (default_imported_symver
)
6684 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6689 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6690 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6691 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6694 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6696 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6697 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6698 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6700 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6701 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6704 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6706 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6708 error_return_verdef
:
6709 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6710 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6714 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6715 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6717 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6719 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6720 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6723 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6724 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6725 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6726 goto error_return_verdef
;
6730 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6731 goto error_return_verdef
;
6733 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6734 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6735 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6736 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6738 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6740 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6741 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6742 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6743 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6744 goto error_return_verdef
;
6746 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6747 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6749 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6751 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6752 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6753 goto error_return_verdef
;
6755 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6756 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6759 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6760 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6762 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6763 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6765 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6767 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6768 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6774 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6781 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6782 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6783 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6786 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6789 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6790 if (default_imported_symver
)
6792 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6793 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6795 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6797 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6798 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6799 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6800 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6802 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6804 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6805 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6806 goto error_return_verdef
;
6807 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6808 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6809 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6810 goto error_return_verdef
;
6812 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6813 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6814 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6820 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6826 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6828 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6829 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6831 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6836 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6837 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6842 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6846 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6849 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6850 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6854 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6857 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6858 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6861 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6862 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6863 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6866 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6867 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6868 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6869 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6870 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6871 we treat such symbols as local. */
6872 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
6879 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6880 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6887 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
6888 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
6889 unsigned long machine
)
6891 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6892 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6893 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
6894 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
6895 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
6898 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
6901 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6902 for error reporting. */
6905 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6909 const char **filename_ptr
,
6910 const char **functionname_ptr
)
6912 const char *filename
;
6913 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
6916 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6917 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6918 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6919 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6920 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6921 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6922 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6923 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6924 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
6930 state
= nothing_seen
;
6932 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6936 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
6938 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
6944 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
6945 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
6949 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
6950 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
6951 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
6953 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
6954 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
6957 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
6958 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
6959 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
6963 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
6964 state
= symbol_seen
;
6971 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
6972 if (functionname_ptr
)
6973 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
6978 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6979 for error reporting. */
6982 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
6986 const char **filename_ptr
,
6987 const char **functionname_ptr
,
6988 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
6992 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6993 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
6996 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
6997 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
6998 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7004 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7005 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7007 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7009 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7010 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7011 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7017 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7018 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7019 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7020 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7022 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7025 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7028 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7029 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7036 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7039 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7040 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7042 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7043 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7044 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7047 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7048 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7049 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7050 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7051 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7054 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7055 const char **filename_ptr
,
7056 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7057 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7060 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7061 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7062 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7067 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean reloc
)
7071 ret
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7073 ret
+= get_program_header_size (abfd
);
7078 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7080 const void *location
,
7082 bfd_size_type count
)
7084 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7087 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7088 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7091 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7092 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7093 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7094 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7101 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7102 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7103 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7108 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7111 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7113 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7115 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7117 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7118 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7120 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7121 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7123 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7125 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7128 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7131 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7134 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7137 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7140 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7143 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7149 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7151 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7153 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7154 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7156 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7161 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7167 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7170 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7173 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7176 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7179 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7185 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7189 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7197 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7198 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7199 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7200 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7205 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7207 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7209 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7210 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7211 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7214 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7217 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7218 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7219 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7222 bfd_reloc_status_type
7223 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7224 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7225 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7226 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7227 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7229 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7232 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7233 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7234 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7235 out details about the corefile. */
7237 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7238 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7241 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7244 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7246 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7247 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7250 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7251 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7252 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7256 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7260 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7263 sect2
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
7267 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7268 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7269 sect2
->flags
= sect
->flags
;
7270 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7274 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7275 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7276 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7277 such a section already exists.
7278 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7279 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7280 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7282 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7288 char *threaded_name
;
7292 /* Build the section name. */
7294 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7295 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7296 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7297 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7299 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7301 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, threaded_name
);
7305 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7306 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7307 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7309 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7312 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7314 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7318 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7321 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7326 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7330 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7331 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7332 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7334 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7335 has already been set by another thread. */
7336 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7337 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7338 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7340 /* pr_who exists on:
7343 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7346 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7347 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7350 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7351 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7353 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7354 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7356 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7357 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7358 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7360 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7361 has already been set by another thread. */
7362 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7363 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7364 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7366 /* pr_who exists on:
7369 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7372 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7373 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7376 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7379 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7380 note size (ie. data object type). */
7384 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7385 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7386 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7388 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7390 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7392 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7394 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7396 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7397 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7400 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7401 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7402 data structure apart. */
7405 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7407 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7410 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7411 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7415 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7417 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7420 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7421 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7422 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7423 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7427 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7428 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7429 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7430 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7434 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7435 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7436 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7439 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7442 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7450 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7454 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7460 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7462 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7464 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7466 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7468 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7470 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7471 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7472 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7474 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7475 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7476 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7478 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7479 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7481 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7482 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7484 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7486 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7487 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7488 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7491 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7492 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7498 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7499 note size (ie. data object type). */
7503 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7504 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7505 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7508 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7509 int n
= strlen (command
);
7511 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7512 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7517 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7519 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7521 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7523 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7524 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7525 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7531 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7533 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7535 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7536 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7538 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7541 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7543 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7546 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7547 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7548 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7552 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7554 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7556 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7558 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7564 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7565 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7566 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7571 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7576 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7578 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7579 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7580 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7583 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7585 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7589 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7590 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7591 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7592 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7595 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7596 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7597 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7600 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7601 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7603 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7606 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7608 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7609 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7610 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7613 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7615 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7619 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7620 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7621 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7622 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7625 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7626 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7627 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7630 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7631 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7633 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7635 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7637 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7639 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7645 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7647 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7650 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7652 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7654 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7655 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7656 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7657 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7660 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7661 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7662 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7664 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7665 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7669 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7671 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7675 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7676 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7677 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7678 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7679 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7680 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7682 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7683 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7687 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7688 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7689 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7690 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7692 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7693 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7697 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7699 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7704 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7705 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7706 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7707 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7716 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7719 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7721 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7729 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7730 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7732 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7733 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7738 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7740 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7743 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7745 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7748 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7749 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7751 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7752 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7753 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7756 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7757 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7758 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7759 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7765 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7766 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7768 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7769 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7776 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, ".auxv");
7780 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7781 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7782 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7783 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7791 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7795 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7798 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7805 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7808 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7810 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7812 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7813 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7814 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7816 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7817 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7818 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7820 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7825 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7829 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7830 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7832 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7834 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7835 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7836 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7837 creates a core file. */
7839 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7842 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7843 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7844 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7847 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7851 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7853 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7854 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7856 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7857 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
7860 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
7861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7863 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
7864 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7870 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7871 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7876 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
7877 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
7879 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
7880 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7890 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, pid_t
*tid
)
7892 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
7899 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
7902 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7903 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
7905 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7906 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
7908 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7909 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
7911 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
7912 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7915 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7916 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7917 thread just in case. */
7918 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
7919 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
7921 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7922 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", (long) *tid
);
7924 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7929 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7933 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7934 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7935 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7936 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7938 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
7942 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
7943 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
7951 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7952 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, (long) tid
);
7954 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
7959 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
7963 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7964 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7965 sect
->flags
= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7966 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7968 /* This is the current thread. */
7969 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
7970 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
7975 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
7976 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
7977 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
7978 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
7981 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7983 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
7984 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
7986 static pid_t tid
= 1;
7990 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
7991 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
7992 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
7993 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
7994 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
7995 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
7996 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
7997 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8003 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8010 size of data for note
8013 End of buffer containing note. */
8016 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8024 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8034 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8036 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8037 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8038 pad
= -namesz
& ((1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
) - 1);
8041 newspace
= 12 + namesz
+ pad
+ size
;
8043 p
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8045 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8046 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8047 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8048 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8049 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8053 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8061 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8065 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8067 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8074 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8076 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8078 note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8081 note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8084 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8085 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8086 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8087 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8088 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8090 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8092 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8094 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8102 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8104 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8105 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8106 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8107 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8108 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8109 note_name
, NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8111 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8113 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8115 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8122 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8123 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8125 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8126 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8127 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8128 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8129 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8130 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8132 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8133 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8135 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8136 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8139 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8140 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8142 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8144 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8146 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8150 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8151 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8154 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8156 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8157 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8158 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8159 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8162 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8165 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8171 char *note_name
= "CORE";
8172 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8173 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8177 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8180 const void *xfpregs
,
8183 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8184 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8185 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8189 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8197 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8200 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8204 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8212 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8214 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8215 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8216 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8218 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8220 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8221 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8223 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8224 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8225 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8227 if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE", 11) == 0)
8229 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8232 else if (strncmp (in
.namedata
, "QNX", 3) == 0)
8234 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8239 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8243 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8250 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8252 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8253 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8254 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8257 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8259 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8261 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8265 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8268 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8269 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8270 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8271 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8273 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8274 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8277 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8281 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8287 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8288 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8289 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8295 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8298 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8300 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8301 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8302 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8305 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8307 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8308 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8310 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8311 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8315 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8318 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8323 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8326 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8328 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8329 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8330 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8333 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8335 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8336 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8338 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8339 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8343 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8344 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8347 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8351 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8352 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8354 return reloc_class_normal
;
8357 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8358 relocation against a local symbol. */
8361 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8362 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8364 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8366 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8369 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8370 + sec
->output_offset
8372 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8373 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8374 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8377 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8378 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8379 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8382 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8383 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8384 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8385 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8386 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8387 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8388 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8391 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8392 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8398 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8399 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8403 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8405 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8406 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8408 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8409 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8410 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8414 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8415 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8419 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8421 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8422 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8424 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8425 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8431 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8432 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8433 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8434 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8435 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8436 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8438 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8439 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8440 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8441 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8442 the remote memory. */
8445 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8449 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8451 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8452 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8456 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8457 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8458 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8463 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8466 const char *relplt_name
;
8467 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8471 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8477 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8480 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8483 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8486 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8487 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8488 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8489 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8493 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8494 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8495 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8498 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8502 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8503 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8506 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8507 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8508 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8509 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8510 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8512 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8516 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8517 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8519 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8524 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8525 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8528 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8529 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8530 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8531 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8532 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8534 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8536 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8537 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8539 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8540 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8547 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8548 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8551 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8553 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8554 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8557 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8558 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8559 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8561 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8562 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8565 /* Sorted by section index. */
8566 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8570 /* Sorted by binding. */
8571 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8576 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8581 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8583 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8584 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8585 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8588 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8592 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
)
8595 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8597 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8598 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8599 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8600 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8601 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8602 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8609 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8611 if (strncmp (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8612 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0
8613 && strncmp (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce",
8614 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce" - 1) == 0)
8615 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8616 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8618 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8619 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8620 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8623 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8626 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8627 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8629 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8631 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8635 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8636 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8637 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8640 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8641 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8642 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8643 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8644 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8645 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8647 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8650 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8652 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8656 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
|| isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8659 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8661 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8662 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8663 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8664 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8666 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8668 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8669 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8671 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8678 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8683 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8684 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8686 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8693 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8697 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8700 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8701 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8703 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8707 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8708 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8711 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8718 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8719 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8722 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8728 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8729 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8730 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8731 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8732 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8734 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8735 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8736 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8737 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8738 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8756 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8757 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8758 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8759 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON",
8762 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8765 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8766 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8770 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8771 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8774 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);